micro max

126
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple WiMAX Base Station Developments Project Engineer Plutarco E Avila Plutarco E Avila Guatemala, Guatemala Guatemala, Guatemala 11-13 august 2009 11-13 august 2009

Upload: andres-marroquin

Post on 31-Oct-2014

25 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Micro Max

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

WiMAX Base Station DevelopmentsProject Engineer

Plutarco E AvilaPlutarco E Avila

Guatemala GuatemalaGuatemala Guatemala

11-13 august 200911-13 august 2009

2Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

La seleccion y el planeamiento apropiados de un sitio de TX antes de instalar su Micromax nos asegura un despliega acertado de su sistema de Airspan Wimax

Un resumen de las consideraciones principales que tenemos que tener en cuenta al hacer un planeamiento

bull Obstrucciones minimas (edificios arboles) en la trayectoria de la senal del radio entre la estacion base y los suscriptores

bull El montaje de la radio base debe estar lo mas arriba posible para evitar obstrucciones en la trayectoria de la senal transmitida

bull Comprobar la posibilidad de obstrucciones futuras tales los casos de edificar o construir edificios y los arboles que puedan crecer lo suficientemente alto que puedan obstruir la trayectoria de la senal Transmitida

bull Alinear el radio para maximizar el nivel de senal recibido (RSS)

bull Considere las fuentes probables de interferencias que puedan degradar el funcionamiento de la radio

bull Coloque el radio lo mas lejos posible de fuentes de interferencias como sea posible

bull Asegurarse que la estacion base y los suscriptores (es decir PROST) esten dentro de la gama maxima de la cobertura de recepcion

bull La longitud del cable maximo del CAT-5 que conecta el MicroMAX a el SDA debe ser de 100 mts

bull Debe existir un tipo de proteccion para el cableado que conecta entre la BSR y el SDA contra descargas electricas

3Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

5Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

6Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 2: Micro Max

2Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

La seleccion y el planeamiento apropiados de un sitio de TX antes de instalar su Micromax nos asegura un despliega acertado de su sistema de Airspan Wimax

Un resumen de las consideraciones principales que tenemos que tener en cuenta al hacer un planeamiento

bull Obstrucciones minimas (edificios arboles) en la trayectoria de la senal del radio entre la estacion base y los suscriptores

bull El montaje de la radio base debe estar lo mas arriba posible para evitar obstrucciones en la trayectoria de la senal transmitida

bull Comprobar la posibilidad de obstrucciones futuras tales los casos de edificar o construir edificios y los arboles que puedan crecer lo suficientemente alto que puedan obstruir la trayectoria de la senal Transmitida

bull Alinear el radio para maximizar el nivel de senal recibido (RSS)

bull Considere las fuentes probables de interferencias que puedan degradar el funcionamiento de la radio

bull Coloque el radio lo mas lejos posible de fuentes de interferencias como sea posible

bull Asegurarse que la estacion base y los suscriptores (es decir PROST) esten dentro de la gama maxima de la cobertura de recepcion

bull La longitud del cable maximo del CAT-5 que conecta el MicroMAX a el SDA debe ser de 100 mts

bull Debe existir un tipo de proteccion para el cableado que conecta entre la BSR y el SDA contra descargas electricas

3Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

5Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

6Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 3: Micro Max

3Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

5Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

6Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 4: Micro Max

4Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

5Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

6Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 5: Micro Max

5Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

6Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 6: Micro Max

6Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 7: Micro Max

7Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 8: Micro Max

8Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 9: Micro Max

9Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 10: Micro Max

10Commercial in Confidence

Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range

BPSK 12 Lowest capacity

Highest capacity

(374 channel size over-the-air)

Longest Range

Shortest Range

QPSK 12

QPSK 34

16 QAM 12

16 QAM 34

64 QAM 23

64 QAM 34

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 11: Micro Max

11Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Initial Connection

The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface

To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 12: Micro Max

12Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 13: Micro Max

13Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 14: Micro Max

14Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 15: Micro Max

15Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 16: Micro Max

16Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 17: Micro Max

17Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 18: Micro Max

18Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 19: Micro Max

19Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 20: Micro Max

20Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 21: Micro Max

21Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 22: Micro Max

22Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 23: Micro Max

23Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 24: Micro Max

24Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 25: Micro Max

25Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 26: Micro Max

26Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 27: Micro Max

27Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 28: Micro Max

28Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 29: Micro Max

29Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Config option

Forwarding option

SS option

Home option

Selecting sub-options

Values of the sub optionparameters

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 30: Micro Max

30Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 31: Micro Max

31Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 32: Micro Max

32Commercial in Confidence

To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 33: Micro Max

33Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)

ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)

ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)

ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)

ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 34: Micro Max

34Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The default for the first access is User name admin Password password

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 35: Micro Max

35Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 36: Micro Max

36Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 37: Micro Max

37Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 38: Micro Max

38Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 39: Micro Max

39Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 40: Micro Max

40Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 41: Micro Max

41Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 42: Micro Max

42Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 43: Micro Max

43Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 44: Micro Max

44Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 45: Micro Max

45Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 46: Micro Max

46Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 47: Micro Max

47Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 48: Micro Max

48Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 49: Micro Max

49Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 50: Micro Max

50Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 51: Micro Max

51Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 52: Micro Max

52Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 53: Micro Max

53Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 54: Micro Max

54Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 55: Micro Max

55Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 56: Micro Max

56Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 57: Micro Max

57Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 58: Micro Max

58Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 59: Micro Max

59Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 60: Micro Max

60Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 61: Micro Max

61Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 62: Micro Max

62Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 63: Micro Max

63Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 64: Micro Max

64Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 65: Micro Max

65Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 66: Micro Max

66Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)

ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)

ndash BS TRX (descubrir)

bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)

bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )

bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)

bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)

bull STATE (re-provisioning)

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 67: Micro Max

67Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 68: Micro Max

68Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 69: Micro Max

69Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 70: Micro Max

70Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 71: Micro Max

71Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 72: Micro Max

72Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 73: Micro Max

73Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic Configuration

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 74: Micro Max

74Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

CPE Products

EasyST

ProST

ProST-WiFi

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 75: Micro Max

75Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Rural

Oil Rig

CCTV

Boat

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 76: Micro Max

76Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 77: Micro Max

77Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 78: Micro Max

78Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 79: Micro Max

79Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 80: Micro Max

80Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 81: Micro Max

81Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 82: Micro Max

82Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 83: Micro Max

83Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 84: Micro Max

84Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 85: Micro Max

85Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 86: Micro Max

86Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 87: Micro Max

87Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 88: Micro Max

88Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 89: Micro Max

89Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 90: Micro Max

90Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 91: Micro Max

91Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 92: Micro Max

92Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 93: Micro Max

93Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 94: Micro Max

94Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 95: Micro Max

95Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 96: Micro Max

96Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 97: Micro Max

97Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 98: Micro Max

98Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 99: Micro Max

99Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 100: Micro Max

100Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 101: Micro Max

101Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 102: Micro Max

102Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 103: Micro Max

103Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 104: Micro Max

104Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Basic provisioning

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 105: Micro Max

105Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 106: Micro Max

106Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 107: Micro Max

107Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 108: Micro Max

108Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 109: Micro Max

109Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 110: Micro Max

110Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 111: Micro Max

111Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 112: Micro Max

112Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 113: Micro Max

113Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

CPE Deteccion de Fallas

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 114: Micro Max

114Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 115: Micro Max

115Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 116: Micro Max

116Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir

Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 117: Micro Max

117Commercial in Confidence

Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple

Netspan Perfiles

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 118: Micro Max

118Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 119: Micro Max

119Commercial in Confidence

CPE Basic Configuration

Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales

Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 120: Micro Max

120Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan

To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 121: Micro Max

121Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 122: Micro Max

122Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 123: Micro Max

123Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This

5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 124: Micro Max

124Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayed

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 125: Micro Max

125Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created

9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1
Page 126: Micro Max

126Commercial in Confidence

MicroMAXd Basic Configuration

10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below

  • Slide 1